1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
731 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
732 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
737 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
747 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
749 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
752 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
768 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
769 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
771 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
772 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
776 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
779 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
780 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
803 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
805 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
809 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1038 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1044 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1045 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1049 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1050 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1056 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1066 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1071 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1073 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1076 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1078 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1079 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1081 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1084 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1085 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1087 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1089 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1090 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1091 an external symbol. */
1093 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1094 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1096 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1098 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1100 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1101 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1105 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1108 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1110 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1113 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1114 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1115 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1120 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1122 asection
*input_section
;
1126 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1128 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1130 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1131 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1132 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1134 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1135 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1136 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1137 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1139 bfd_reloc_status_type
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1141 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1142 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1143 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1145 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1147 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1150 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1154 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1156 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1157 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1160 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1161 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1163 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1166 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1167 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1168 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1170 bfd_reloc_status_type
1171 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1172 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1173 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1175 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1176 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1177 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1178 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1179 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1180 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1184 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1187 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1188 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1189 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1191 bfd_reloc_status_type
1192 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1193 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1194 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1198 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1201 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1202 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1204 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1205 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1207 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1209 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1210 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1211 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1212 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1213 has a rightshift of 0. */
1214 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1215 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1217 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1218 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1219 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1221 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1222 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1224 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1227 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1231 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1232 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1236 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1237 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1238 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1242 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1243 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1244 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1247 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1248 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1250 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1252 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1253 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1255 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1257 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1259 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1260 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1261 offset or address. */
1262 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1263 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1268 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1269 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1270 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1271 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1273 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1274 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1275 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1279 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1280 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1281 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1282 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1283 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1284 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1287 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1288 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1290 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1291 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1293 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1294 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1301 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1304 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1305 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1308 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1311 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1312 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1317 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1319 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1324 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1325 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1337 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1341 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1342 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1343 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1344 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1345 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1346 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1347 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1350 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1351 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1352 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1358 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1359 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1360 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1361 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1362 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1363 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1368 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1370 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1371 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1372 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1378 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1379 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1380 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1381 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1382 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1385 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1386 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1388 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1389 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1390 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1391 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1392 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1393 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1394 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1399 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1401 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1402 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1403 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1407 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1410 /* Swap in an options header. */
1413 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1414 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1416 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1417 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1418 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1419 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1422 /* Swap out an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1426 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1428 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1429 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1430 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1431 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1434 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1435 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1438 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1443 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1444 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1446 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1449 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1452 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1457 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1458 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1459 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1460 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1462 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1463 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1467 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1468 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1469 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1470 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1471 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1472 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1473 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1474 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1475 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1476 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1477 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1478 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1479 when generating a final executable. */
1482 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1484 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1486 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1488 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1489 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1491 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1493 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1494 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1495 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1496 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1498 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1499 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1500 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1501 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1502 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1510 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1513 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1514 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1515 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1516 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1518 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1520 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1521 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1525 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1527 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1528 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1529 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1531 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1532 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1533 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1535 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1537 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1538 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1539 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1540 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1542 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1544 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1545 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1546 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1549 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1551 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1552 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1553 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1558 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1559 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1561 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1562 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1563 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1564 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1567 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1569 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1570 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1571 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1572 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1574 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1576 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1577 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1579 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1580 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1581 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1582 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1583 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1584 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1585 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1592 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1595 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1596 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1597 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1598 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1600 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1601 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1602 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1605 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1606 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1607 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1608 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1609 + sec
->output_offset
1610 + output_section
->vma
);
1612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1614 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1617 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1619 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1621 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1622 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1627 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1628 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1629 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1631 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1634 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1635 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1636 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1637 + sec
->output_offset
1638 + output_section
->vma
);
1640 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1648 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1649 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1652 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1659 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1662 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1664 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1665 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1667 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1670 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1672 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1675 static INLINE hashval_t
1676 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1679 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1685 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1686 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1690 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1692 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1694 return entry
->symndx
1695 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1697 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1698 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1705 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1707 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1708 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1709 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1710 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1713 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1714 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1715 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1719 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1721 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1723 return entry
->symndx
1725 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1726 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1728 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1729 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1733 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1735 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1736 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1738 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1739 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1740 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1741 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1742 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1745 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1748 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1750 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1753 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1754 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1756 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1758 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1763 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1766 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1772 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1775 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1777 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1779 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1784 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1785 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1788 static struct mips_got_info
*
1789 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1792 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1794 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1795 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1796 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1797 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1798 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1801 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1806 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1807 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1808 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1811 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1815 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1816 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1818 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1820 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1822 return entry
->gotidx
;
1827 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1830 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1834 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1835 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1837 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1838 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1840 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1844 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1849 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1851 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1853 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1858 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1859 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1861 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1862 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1863 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1865 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1866 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1867 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1868 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
1873 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1874 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1875 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1876 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1877 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1880 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1881 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1884 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1886 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1888 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1890 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1892 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1897 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1900 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1905 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1906 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1909 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1910 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1913 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1918 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1919 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1920 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1922 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1925 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1927 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1929 return entry
->gotidx
;
1934 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1938 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1939 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1943 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1945 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1946 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1947 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1949 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1952 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1953 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1955 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1956 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1957 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1958 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1960 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1961 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1965 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1967 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1970 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1971 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1974 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1979 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1981 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1986 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1988 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1990 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1991 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1993 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1998 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1999 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2004 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2005 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2006 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2007 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2008 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2009 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2012 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2014 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2015 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2018 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2020 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2023 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2024 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2025 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2026 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2027 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2028 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2029 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2030 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2031 too large offsets. */
2032 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2033 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2035 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2036 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2039 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2040 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2041 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2042 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2043 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2045 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2046 table index in the GOT. */
2047 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2052 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2053 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2057 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2059 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2061 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2062 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2064 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2066 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2069 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2070 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2071 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2073 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2075 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2076 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2077 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2079 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2080 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2083 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2084 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2090 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2091 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2095 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2096 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2097 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2099 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2101 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2103 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2105 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2112 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2118 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2120 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2123 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2124 need to do it again. */
2128 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2134 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2136 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2139 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2140 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2141 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2147 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2148 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2151 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2152 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2154 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2157 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2158 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2159 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2160 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2165 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2167 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2172 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2177 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2183 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2185 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2188 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2191 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2193 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2194 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2195 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2196 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2198 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2201 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2202 be the master GOT data. */
2204 static struct mips_got_info
*
2205 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2207 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2213 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2214 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2217 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2218 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2222 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2224 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2225 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2226 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2227 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2228 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2231 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2233 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2234 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2235 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2241 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2242 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2252 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2253 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2254 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2261 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2262 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2264 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2265 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2266 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2267 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2277 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2278 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2279 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2284 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2292 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2293 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2294 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2295 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2296 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2297 and then make make the new got current. */
2300 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2302 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2303 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2305 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2306 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2307 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2309 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2310 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2311 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2313 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2314 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2316 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2317 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2318 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2319 else if (arg
->primary
2320 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2322 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2323 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2324 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2326 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2328 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2329 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2331 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2334 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2335 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2336 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2339 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2340 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2342 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2343 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2345 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2346 else if (arg
->current
2347 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2349 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2350 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2351 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2353 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2355 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2356 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2358 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2361 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2363 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2364 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2366 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2367 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2371 overflows anyway. */
2374 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2375 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2377 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2383 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2384 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2385 got) to the given VALUE.
2387 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2388 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2389 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2390 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2391 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2392 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2393 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2394 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2397 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2399 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2400 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2401 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2402 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2404 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2405 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2409 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2411 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2412 if (arg
->info
->shared
2413 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2414 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2415 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2416 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2417 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2418 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2421 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2427 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2428 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2430 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2432 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2434 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2435 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2436 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2437 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2442 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2443 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2444 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2445 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2446 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2447 the traversal must be restarted. */
2449 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2451 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2452 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2454 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2458 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2459 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2460 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2462 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2467 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2468 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2469 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2471 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2472 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2475 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2476 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2478 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2481 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2482 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2488 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2491 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2497 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2499 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2500 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2503 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2506 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2509 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2511 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2514 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2518 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2522 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2525 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2526 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2529 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2530 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2531 bfd_size_type pages
)
2533 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2534 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2535 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2536 unsigned int assign
;
2538 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2539 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2540 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2543 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2544 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2545 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2547 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2548 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2549 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2550 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2551 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2554 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2555 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2556 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2557 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2558 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2559 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2560 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2561 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2563 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2564 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2565 to be the primary GOT. */
2566 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2567 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2570 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2571 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2573 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2574 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2575 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2578 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2579 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2580 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2581 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2582 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2583 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2585 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2587 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2590 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2591 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2593 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2597 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2598 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2599 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2600 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2603 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2606 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2607 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2614 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2616 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2620 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2621 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2622 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2625 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2626 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2627 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2628 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2629 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2630 follows IRIX's practice.
2632 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2633 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2634 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2635 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2639 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2640 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2641 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2645 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2646 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2647 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2648 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2649 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2650 their entries can be omitted. */
2651 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2652 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2655 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2656 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2657 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2658 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2659 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2660 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2661 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2662 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2663 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2666 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2667 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2668 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2669 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2670 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2671 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2672 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2673 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2674 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2675 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2676 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2677 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2678 points back to the master GOT. */
2679 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2680 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2686 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2688 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2689 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2690 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2691 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2693 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2694 list that gg points to. */
2700 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2703 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2707 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2708 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2714 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2715 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2717 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2718 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2722 while (relocation
< relend
)
2724 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2730 /* We didn't find it. */
2731 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2735 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2738 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2739 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2740 asection
**local_sections
,
2741 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2743 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2748 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2749 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2750 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2752 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2754 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2759 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2760 was forced local. */
2761 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2762 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2763 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2764 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2765 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2766 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2767 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2774 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2777 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2779 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2780 /* VALUE is negative. */
2781 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2786 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2787 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2791 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2793 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2795 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2796 /* The value is too big. */
2798 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2799 /* The value is too small. */
2806 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2809 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2811 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2814 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2817 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2820 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2827 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2830 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2833 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2840 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2843 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2844 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2847 register asection
*s
;
2849 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2851 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2854 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2856 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2857 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2858 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2861 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2867 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2870 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2871 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2874 register asection
*s
;
2875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2877 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2880 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2881 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2884 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2885 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2889 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2890 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2893 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2895 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2896 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2897 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2899 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2900 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2903 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2904 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2905 are not creating a global offset table. */
2907 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2908 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2909 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2912 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2913 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2914 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2915 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2918 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2921 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2922 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2925 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2926 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2927 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2928 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2931 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2932 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2933 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2935 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2936 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2937 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2942 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2943 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2944 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2946 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2947 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2948 relocation must be JALX.
2950 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2951 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2952 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2953 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2955 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2956 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2957 asection
*input_section
,
2958 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2959 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2960 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2961 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2962 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2963 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2964 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2966 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2968 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2971 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2972 shared object file being produced. */
2973 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2974 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2977 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2978 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2979 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2980 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2981 during execution. */
2982 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2983 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2985 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2987 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2989 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2990 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2991 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2994 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2996 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2997 relocation value. */
2998 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2999 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3000 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3002 /* Parse the relocation. */
3003 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3004 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3005 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3006 + input_section
->output_offset
3007 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3009 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3010 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3012 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3013 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3014 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3015 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3016 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3017 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3018 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3019 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3022 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3023 must come before globals. */
3027 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3030 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3032 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3033 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3035 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3036 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3037 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3038 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3039 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3040 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3042 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3044 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3047 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3048 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3051 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3052 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3053 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3056 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3058 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3062 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3064 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3065 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3066 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3067 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3068 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3069 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3070 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3072 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3073 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3075 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3076 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3077 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3078 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3080 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3081 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3082 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3083 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3087 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3088 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3089 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3091 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3092 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3093 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3095 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3096 if (sec
->output_section
)
3097 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3098 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3099 + sec
->output_offset
);
3101 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3103 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3104 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3105 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3106 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3109 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3110 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3112 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3113 strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3115 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3116 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3117 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3118 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3119 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3121 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3122 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3127 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3128 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3129 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3130 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3131 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3132 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3136 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3139 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3140 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3142 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3143 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3144 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3145 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3146 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3148 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3149 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3152 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3155 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3159 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3161 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3162 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3163 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3165 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3166 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3168 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3169 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3171 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3176 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3178 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3179 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3181 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3188 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3191 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3193 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3194 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3197 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3198 special jalx instruction. */
3199 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3200 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3201 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3203 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3204 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3206 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3207 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3210 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3211 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3212 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3214 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3215 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3221 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3222 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3223 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3224 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3225 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3226 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3229 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3230 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3231 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3233 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3234 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3236 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3237 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3239 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3240 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3242 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3243 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3244 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3245 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3246 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3247 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3250 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3251 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3252 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3256 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3257 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3259 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3262 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3263 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3264 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3269 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3270 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3271 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3272 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3273 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3274 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3275 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3276 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3278 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3286 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3290 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3293 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3294 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3301 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3303 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3304 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3305 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3306 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3308 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3310 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3311 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3312 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3313 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3316 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3324 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3328 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3329 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3333 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3337 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3338 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3341 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3342 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3343 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3344 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3348 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3349 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3350 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3351 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3352 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3355 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3357 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3358 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3364 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3365 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3369 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3370 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3376 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3379 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3380 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3381 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3382 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3383 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3386 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3387 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3390 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3391 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3392 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3393 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3394 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3395 not check for overflow here. */
3399 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3400 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3401 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3402 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3407 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3408 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3409 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3410 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3411 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3412 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3413 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3414 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3415 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3416 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3417 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3418 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3419 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3420 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3421 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3422 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3426 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3435 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3436 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3438 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3439 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3440 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3441 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3442 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3443 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3445 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3446 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3447 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3453 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3456 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3459 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3460 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3462 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3466 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3467 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3470 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3471 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3472 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3473 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3474 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3476 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3477 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3480 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3481 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3482 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3485 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3486 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3487 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3491 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3492 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3493 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3494 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3495 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3499 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3501 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3504 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3508 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3509 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3513 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3514 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3517 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3518 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3519 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3522 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3523 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3524 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3529 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3530 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3531 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3533 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3534 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3535 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3536 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3539 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3540 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3543 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3545 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3548 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3551 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3552 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3553 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3556 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3558 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3559 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3561 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3562 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3563 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3564 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3565 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3566 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3571 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3572 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3573 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3574 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3575 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3576 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3578 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3581 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3582 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3585 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3586 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3590 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3592 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3593 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3595 /* Obtain the current value. */
3596 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3598 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3599 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3601 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3602 value in a funny way. */
3603 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3605 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3606 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3609 The format of these instructions is:
3611 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3612 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3613 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3615 +-----------------------------------------------+
3617 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3618 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3620 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3621 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3622 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3623 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3624 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3625 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3626 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3627 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3628 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3629 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3632 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3633 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3634 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3635 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3636 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3637 value as two 16-bit values.
3639 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3643 +--------+----------------------+
3647 +--------+----------------------+
3650 +----------+------+-------------+
3654 +----------+--------------------+
3655 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3656 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3658 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3659 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3660 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3661 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3662 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3664 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3665 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3666 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3667 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3668 | (value
& 0xffff));
3670 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3672 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3673 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3675 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3676 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3677 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3678 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3679 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3681 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3684 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3685 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3686 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3688 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3689 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3690 little-endian system. */
3691 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3692 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3696 /* Set the field. */
3697 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3699 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3703 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3704 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3706 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3707 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3709 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3714 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3718 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3721 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3722 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3723 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3724 input_section
->name
,
3725 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3730 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3731 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3734 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3735 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3736 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3737 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3738 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3740 /* Put the value into the output. */
3741 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3745 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3748 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3750 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3752 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3753 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3754 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3757 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3760 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3764 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3765 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3769 /* Make room for a null element. */
3770 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3773 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3776 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3777 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3778 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3779 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3782 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3783 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3784 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3786 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3787 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3789 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3795 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3796 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3797 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3798 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3799 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3800 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3804 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3805 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3806 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3807 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3808 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3809 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3812 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3813 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3814 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3815 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3817 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3818 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3822 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3823 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3824 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3825 machinery tell us the offset. */
3826 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3827 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3828 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3830 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3835 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3836 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3838 else if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
3840 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3841 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3842 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3847 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3848 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3849 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3851 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3855 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3857 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3858 in the relocation. */
3860 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3861 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
3862 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3864 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3866 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3867 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3868 defined_p
= ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3869 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) != 0);
3871 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3872 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3873 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3874 undefined symbols. */
3879 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3881 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3888 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3893 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3894 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3895 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3896 local symbols because we used to generate them
3897 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3898 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3899 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3900 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3901 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3902 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3904 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3905 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3906 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3907 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3908 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3913 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3914 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3915 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3916 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3917 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3920 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3921 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3922 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3924 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3925 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3926 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3927 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3928 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3929 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3930 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3931 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3932 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3933 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3934 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3935 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3936 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3937 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3940 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3942 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3943 correct location in the output file. */
3944 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3945 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3946 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3947 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3948 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3949 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3952 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3953 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3954 relocation format is non-standard. */
3955 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3957 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3958 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3960 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3963 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3964 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3965 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3967 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3968 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3970 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3971 will be writing to it. */
3972 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3975 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3976 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3978 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
3983 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
3985 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
3986 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
3987 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
3988 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3989 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
3990 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
3992 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
3993 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
3994 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
3996 cr
= (scpt
->contents
3997 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
3998 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
3999 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4000 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4001 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4008 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4011 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4013 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4015 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4016 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4018 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4019 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4021 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4022 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4024 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4025 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4027 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4028 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4030 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4031 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4033 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4034 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4036 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4037 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4039 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4040 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4043 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4047 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4051 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4055 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4059 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4063 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4066 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4067 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4070 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4071 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4074 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4075 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4078 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4079 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4087 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4089 static INLINE
char *
4090 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4094 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4095 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4098 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4100 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4104 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4106 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4108 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4110 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4113 return "unknown abi";
4117 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4118 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4119 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4120 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4121 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4122 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4123 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4124 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4126 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4127 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4128 definition in a shared library. */
4129 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4130 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4131 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4133 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4134 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4137 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4139 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4141 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4142 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4144 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4145 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4146 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4147 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4148 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4149 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4150 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4152 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4153 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4154 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4155 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4156 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4157 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4158 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4159 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4160 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4161 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4163 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4167 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4168 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4169 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4170 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4173 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4174 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4176 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4177 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4178 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4179 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4180 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4181 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4182 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4183 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4184 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4185 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4187 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4188 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4191 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4192 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4197 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4199 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4200 if (section
!= NULL
)
4202 asym
->section
= section
;
4203 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4204 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4205 base address to make it an offset. */
4206 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4213 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4215 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4216 if (section
!= NULL
)
4218 asym
->section
= section
;
4219 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4220 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4221 base address to make it an offset. */
4222 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4229 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4230 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4231 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4233 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4234 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4237 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4238 will jump there rather than to .text.
4240 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4241 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4244 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4246 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4249 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4250 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4251 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4255 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4257 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4258 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4262 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4263 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4266 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4269 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4270 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4274 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4275 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4276 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4277 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4279 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4281 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4282 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4283 so that we don't have to read them again.
4284 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4285 through the section contents to see if there is an
4286 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4288 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4290 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4291 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4293 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4295 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4297 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4304 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4305 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4308 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4309 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4312 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4319 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4320 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4323 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4324 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4331 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4333 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4335 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4336 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4337 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4339 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4340 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4342 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4344 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4345 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4347 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4349 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4350 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4352 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4355 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4357 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4359 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4361 unsigned int adjust
;
4363 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4365 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4373 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4374 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4375 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4377 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4381 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4386 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4387 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4388 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4389 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4390 probably get away with this. */
4391 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4393 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4394 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4398 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4401 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4402 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4405 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4406 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4409 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4410 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4413 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4414 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4416 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4418 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4419 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4420 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4422 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4424 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4425 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4428 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4429 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4432 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4433 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4436 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4437 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4440 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4441 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4444 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4445 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4446 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4447 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4454 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4459 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4460 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4466 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4468 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4469 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4470 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4471 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4472 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4474 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4477 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4478 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4480 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4481 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4484 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4485 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4486 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4487 they should agree. */
4488 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4490 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4492 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4493 if (contents
== NULL
)
4495 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4502 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4503 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4505 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4507 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4509 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4511 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4513 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4515 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4516 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4518 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4520 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4522 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4524 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4526 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4527 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4529 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4539 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4540 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4541 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4544 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4546 register const char *name
;
4548 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4550 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4552 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4553 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4554 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4556 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4557 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4558 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4560 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4561 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4562 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4564 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4565 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4566 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4568 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4569 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4570 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4571 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4572 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4574 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4576 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4578 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4579 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4580 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4581 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4583 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4584 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4586 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4589 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4591 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4592 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4593 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4594 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4596 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4597 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4599 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4600 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4603 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4604 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4605 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4606 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4607 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4608 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4609 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4610 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4612 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4613 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4615 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4617 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4618 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4619 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4621 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4623 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4624 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4625 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4627 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4628 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4629 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4631 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4632 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4633 final_write_processing. */
4635 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4636 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4637 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4640 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4641 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4643 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4645 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4646 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4647 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4650 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4651 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4652 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4653 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4654 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4659 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4660 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4661 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4662 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4663 the .scommon section. */
4666 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4667 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4669 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4671 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4674 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4676 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4682 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4683 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4686 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4687 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4688 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4689 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4691 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4692 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4693 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4695 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4700 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4703 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4704 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4705 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4706 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4709 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4710 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4711 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4712 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4716 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4717 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4719 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4720 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4721 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4723 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4724 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4727 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4728 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4729 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4732 /* Initialize the section. */
4734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4735 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4737 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4738 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4740 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4741 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4742 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4743 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4744 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4745 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4746 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4748 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4749 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4750 so I took it out. */
4751 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4754 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4755 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4757 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4758 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4760 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4761 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4762 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4764 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4765 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4768 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4769 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4770 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4773 /* Initialize the section. */
4775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4778 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4779 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4781 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4782 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4783 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4784 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4785 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4786 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4787 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4789 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4790 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4791 so I took it out. */
4792 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4795 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4796 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4800 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4802 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4803 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4805 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4806 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4808 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4810 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4811 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4812 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4815 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4816 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4817 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4818 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4820 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4823 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4826 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4827 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4828 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4829 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4835 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4836 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4837 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4840 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4841 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4842 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4843 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4845 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4846 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4847 common in the output file. */
4848 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4849 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4850 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4852 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4853 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4858 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4860 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4863 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4865 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4866 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4868 register asection
*s
;
4869 const char * const *namep
;
4871 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4872 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4874 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4875 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4878 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4882 /* We need to create .got section. */
4883 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4886 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4889 /* Create .stub section. */
4890 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4891 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4893 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4895 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4896 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4897 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4901 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4903 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4905 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4907 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4908 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4909 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4913 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4914 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4915 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4916 the linker takes such action. */
4917 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4919 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4922 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4923 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4924 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4927 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4928 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4929 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4930 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4932 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4936 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4937 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4939 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4943 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4944 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4946 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4947 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4949 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4950 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4952 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4953 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4955 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4956 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4958 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4965 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4967 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4968 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
4969 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4972 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4973 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4974 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4975 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4977 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4980 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4982 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4983 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4984 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4985 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4986 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4987 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4989 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4991 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4992 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
4993 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4996 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4997 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4998 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4999 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5001 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5009 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5010 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5013 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5014 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5018 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5020 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5022 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5023 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5026 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5028 if (info
->relocatable
)
5031 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5032 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5033 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5034 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5036 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5038 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5039 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5041 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5043 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5046 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5048 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5049 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5053 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5054 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5055 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5056 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5058 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5059 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5061 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5062 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5063 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5064 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5065 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5066 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5067 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5068 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5069 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5073 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5075 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5078 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5079 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5080 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5081 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5084 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5093 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5094 not need it. Since this function is called before
5095 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5096 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5098 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5102 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5104 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5106 unsigned long symcount
;
5110 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5111 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5113 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5114 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5115 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5118 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5123 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5124 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5125 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5126 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5132 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5133 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5135 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5138 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5141 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5142 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5144 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5145 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5148 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5151 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5153 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5154 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5156 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5157 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5158 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5159 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5160 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5161 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5162 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5166 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5167 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5169 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5171 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5172 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5174 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5176 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5177 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5178 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5179 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5180 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5181 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5182 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5183 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5184 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5186 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5191 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5201 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5206 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5207 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5208 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5213 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5214 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5215 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5217 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5218 unsigned int r_type
;
5219 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5221 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5222 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5224 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5226 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5228 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5229 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5230 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5231 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5236 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5238 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5241 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5242 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5246 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5247 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5253 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5254 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5255 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5256 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5257 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5258 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5259 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5261 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5262 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5264 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5271 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5272 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5273 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5281 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5282 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5283 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5285 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5286 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5287 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5288 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5289 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5290 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5291 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5292 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5302 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5303 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5304 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5305 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5310 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5311 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5314 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5315 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5318 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5319 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5320 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5321 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5326 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5327 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5328 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5333 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5334 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5336 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5337 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5338 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5339 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5341 if ((hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)
5342 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5343 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5344 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5350 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5351 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5352 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5353 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5354 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5361 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5362 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5366 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5370 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5373 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5374 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5375 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5376 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5377 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5378 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5379 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5380 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5381 relocations against the text segment. */
5382 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5386 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5388 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5389 defined in a dynamic object. */
5390 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5391 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5392 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5393 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5394 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5395 are relocations against the text segment. */
5396 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5399 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5400 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5401 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5402 dynamic relocations against it. */
5406 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5407 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5409 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5410 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5415 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5416 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5417 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5421 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5422 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5423 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5424 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5425 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5426 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5429 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5430 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5431 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5432 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5436 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5437 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5438 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5439 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5447 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5448 related to taking the function's address. */
5454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5456 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5457 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5461 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5462 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5467 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5468 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5469 References from a stub section do not count. */
5471 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5472 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5473 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5474 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5475 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5476 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5477 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5481 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5482 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5490 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5491 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5494 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5495 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5497 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5499 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5500 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5501 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5503 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5506 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5509 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5510 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5511 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5514 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5515 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5516 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5517 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5519 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5522 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5523 unsigned int r_type
;
5524 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5526 unsigned long instruction
;
5528 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5529 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5530 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5531 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5532 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5535 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5536 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5537 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5540 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5541 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5543 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5544 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5545 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5547 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5549 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5550 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5551 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5552 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5553 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5556 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5557 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5558 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5559 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5560 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5562 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5566 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5568 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5569 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5571 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5572 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5573 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5574 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5576 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5580 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5581 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5583 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5584 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5585 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5586 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5589 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5590 symval
= isym
->st_value
5591 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5592 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5595 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5597 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5598 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5600 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5601 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5606 /* Check that it's in range. */
5607 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5610 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5611 if (contents
== NULL
)
5613 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5614 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5615 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5618 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5623 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5625 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5626 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5627 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5628 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5629 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5630 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5634 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5635 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5636 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5639 if (contents
!= NULL
5640 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5642 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5646 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5647 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5653 if (contents
!= NULL
5654 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5659 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5660 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5661 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5662 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5666 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5670 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5673 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5675 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5676 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5677 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5678 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5679 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5680 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5681 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5682 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5683 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5684 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5686 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5687 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5689 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5690 if (! info
->relocatable
5691 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5692 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5693 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5694 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5696 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5697 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5698 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5699 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5700 against the text segment. */
5701 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5704 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5705 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5706 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5708 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5711 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5712 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5713 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5714 executable and the shared library. */
5715 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5717 /* We need .stub section. */
5718 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5719 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5720 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5722 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5723 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
5725 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5726 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
5728 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5729 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5731 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5732 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5736 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5737 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5739 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5740 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5741 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5745 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5746 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5747 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5748 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5750 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5751 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5752 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5753 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5757 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5758 is not a function. */
5763 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5764 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5765 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5768 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5775 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5777 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5778 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5781 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5782 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5784 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5786 if (! (info
->relocatable
5787 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5788 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5789 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5791 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5793 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5796 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5800 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5801 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5803 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5805 asection
*subsection
;
5807 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5809 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5811 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5813 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
5814 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5818 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5819 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5820 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5821 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5823 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5826 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5827 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5829 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5830 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5833 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5834 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5836 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5838 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5839 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5840 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5842 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5843 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5845 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5846 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5848 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5849 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5855 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5858 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5859 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5863 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5865 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5866 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5868 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5870 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5871 if (info
->executable
)
5873 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5874 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5876 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5878 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5882 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5883 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5886 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5891 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5892 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5893 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5895 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5900 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5904 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5905 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5906 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5907 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5908 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5909 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5911 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5912 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5917 const char *outname
;
5920 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5921 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5922 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5923 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5924 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5926 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5928 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5930 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5931 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5932 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5935 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5936 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5937 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5940 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5941 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5942 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5943 will move them around between input sections'
5944 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5945 broken, so don't let it run. */
5946 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5949 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5951 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5952 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5953 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5955 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5956 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5957 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5958 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5962 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5963 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5965 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5966 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5968 unsigned int save_assign
;
5970 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5972 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5973 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5974 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5975 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5976 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5977 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5978 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5979 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5980 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5981 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5982 <= g
->global_gotno
);
5984 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
5987 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
5988 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5989 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5990 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
5995 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
5998 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6000 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6001 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6002 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6004 else if (! info
->shared
6005 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6006 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6008 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6009 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6012 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6013 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6014 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6015 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6017 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6023 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6027 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6028 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6029 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6031 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6036 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6038 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6039 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6040 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6041 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6042 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6045 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6046 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6047 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6049 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6051 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6057 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6058 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6060 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6065 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6066 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6068 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6070 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6074 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6077 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6079 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6082 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6085 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6089 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6092 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6096 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6097 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6102 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6107 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6111 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6114 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6117 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6120 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6123 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6126 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6127 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6130 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6131 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6132 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6133 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6140 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6143 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6144 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6145 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6146 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6147 asection
**local_sections
)
6149 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6150 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6152 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6155 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6156 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6157 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6161 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6162 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6163 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6165 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6166 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6169 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6170 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6172 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6173 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6174 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6175 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6176 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6177 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6178 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6180 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6182 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6186 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6187 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6188 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6189 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6190 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6193 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6195 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6197 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6198 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6199 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6200 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6201 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6202 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6203 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6204 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6205 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6206 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6207 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6209 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6210 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6212 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6213 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6215 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6217 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6218 combination of the addend stored in two different
6220 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6221 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6222 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6223 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6226 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6227 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6229 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6230 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6231 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6232 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6235 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6237 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6238 relocation must be immediately following.
6239 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6240 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6241 several relocations for the same address. In
6242 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6243 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6244 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6245 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
6248 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6251 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6252 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
6253 R_MIPS_LO16
, FALSE
);
6254 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6255 input_bfd
, contents
);
6256 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6257 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6258 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6262 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6265 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6267 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6268 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6270 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6271 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6275 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6278 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6281 if (info
->relocatable
)
6283 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6284 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6286 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6287 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6290 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6291 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6292 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6293 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6294 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6295 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6297 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6299 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6302 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6303 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6304 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6305 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6306 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6307 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6309 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6310 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6312 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6313 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6315 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6316 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6317 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6320 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6321 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
6322 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6323 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6324 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6325 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6326 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6328 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6330 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6331 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6332 source of the addend in the final link. */
6333 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6335 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6336 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6337 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6338 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6339 but for endianness. */
6345 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6347 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6354 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6355 do two separate stores. */
6356 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6358 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6360 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6366 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6369 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6370 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6371 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6375 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6376 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6381 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6385 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6386 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6387 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6389 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6390 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6391 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6392 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6394 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6396 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6397 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6398 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6399 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6400 local_sections
, &value
,
6401 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6402 use_saved_addend_p
))
6404 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6405 /* There's nothing to do. */
6408 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6409 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6410 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6411 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6412 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6415 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6416 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6417 info
->callbacks
->warning
6418 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6421 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6422 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6423 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6424 a given location. */
6428 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6429 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6430 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, 0,
6431 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6444 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6445 until we reach the last one. */
6446 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6452 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6453 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6454 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6455 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6456 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6457 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6458 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6459 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6465 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6467 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6474 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6475 do two separate stores. */
6476 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6478 /* Undo what we did above. */
6480 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6482 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6488 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6491 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6492 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6493 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6497 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6498 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6499 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6500 contents
, require_jalx
))
6507 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6508 adjust it appropriately now. */
6511 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6512 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6514 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6515 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6516 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6519 "__dso_displacement",
6521 "__program_header_table",
6525 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6533 const char* const *p
;
6536 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6537 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6540 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6542 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6544 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6545 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6547 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6549 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6551 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6557 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6558 dynamic sections here. */
6561 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6563 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6564 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6568 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6571 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6573 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
6576 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6578 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6580 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6582 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6583 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6584 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6586 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6587 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6590 /* Fill the stub. */
6591 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6592 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6593 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6594 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6596 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
6597 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6599 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6600 only for the referenced symbol. */
6601 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6603 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6604 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6605 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6606 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
6610 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6611 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6613 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6614 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6615 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6616 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6617 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6619 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6620 the symbols that need them. */
6621 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6622 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6627 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6628 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6629 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6632 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6634 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6640 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6642 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6644 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6647 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6652 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6654 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6655 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6656 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6657 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6659 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6660 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6661 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6662 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6663 appropriate addend. */
6664 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6666 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6667 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6668 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6670 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6671 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6674 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6675 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6676 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6680 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6681 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6686 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6687 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6688 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6689 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6690 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6691 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6692 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6694 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6695 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6698 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6700 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6701 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6702 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6704 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6706 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6707 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6709 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6710 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6712 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6714 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6716 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6717 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6718 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6719 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6721 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6723 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6724 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6725 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6726 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6730 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6731 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6732 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6736 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6737 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6738 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6740 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6741 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6742 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6744 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6745 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6747 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6748 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6750 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6751 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6752 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6753 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6755 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6759 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6760 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6761 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6766 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6769 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6770 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6775 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6777 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6779 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6781 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6786 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6787 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6788 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6789 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6790 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6793 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6797 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6798 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6800 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6801 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
6802 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6804 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6808 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6810 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6811 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6813 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6819 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6820 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6821 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6825 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6827 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6832 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6833 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6834 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6837 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6838 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6842 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6845 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6846 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6849 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6854 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6859 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6860 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6861 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6862 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6865 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6866 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6869 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6870 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6871 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6872 referenced within the same object. */
6873 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6876 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6877 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6879 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6882 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6883 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6884 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6886 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6888 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6889 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6890 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6892 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
6895 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6896 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6899 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6900 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6903 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6904 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6905 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6906 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6910 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6911 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6912 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6913 are trailing null entries. */
6914 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6915 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6916 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6917 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6918 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6927 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6932 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6933 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6934 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6935 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
6937 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
6938 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
6939 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6943 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6944 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6946 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6947 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6949 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6952 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6953 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6955 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6957 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6959 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
6960 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6961 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6962 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6967 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6969 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6970 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6971 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6972 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6973 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6976 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6983 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
6985 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6987 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6992 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
6994 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
6995 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6998 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
6999 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7002 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7003 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7004 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7007 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7009 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7010 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7011 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7012 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7017 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7019 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7022 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7024 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7026 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7027 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7028 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7030 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7031 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7039 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7042 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7046 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7049 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7050 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7053 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7054 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7057 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7058 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7061 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7062 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7063 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7064 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7065 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7068 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7069 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7072 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7073 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7076 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7077 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7080 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7081 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7084 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7085 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7088 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7089 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7092 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7093 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7096 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7097 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7098 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7099 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7100 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7101 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7104 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7105 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7108 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7109 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7112 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7113 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7116 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7117 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7120 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7121 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7124 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7125 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7128 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7129 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7134 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7135 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7136 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7139 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7140 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7147 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7148 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7149 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7150 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7151 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7153 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7154 info for each special section. */
7155 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7156 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7159 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7162 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7163 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7165 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7168 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7169 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7170 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7171 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7172 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7173 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7174 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7175 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7178 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7179 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7180 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7181 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7182 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7183 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7184 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7185 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7186 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7187 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7190 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7191 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7193 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7194 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7196 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7199 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7200 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7201 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7202 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7203 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7204 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7205 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7208 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7209 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7210 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7212 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7214 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7215 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7222 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7226 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7231 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7232 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7233 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7236 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7237 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7238 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7239 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7242 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7243 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7244 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7245 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7251 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7254 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7255 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7258 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7261 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7263 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7264 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7266 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7267 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7272 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7276 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7280 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7281 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7283 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7284 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7292 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7293 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7294 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7297 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7298 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7299 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7301 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7303 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7304 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7309 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7311 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7313 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7314 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7317 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7318 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7319 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7320 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7321 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7322 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7323 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7324 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7325 *pm
= options_segment
;
7330 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7332 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7333 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7334 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7335 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7336 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7338 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7339 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7344 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7348 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7350 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7355 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7363 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7364 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7365 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7375 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7376 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7378 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7380 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7383 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7385 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7386 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7387 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7388 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7389 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7391 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7392 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7396 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7398 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7400 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7404 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7408 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7410 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7411 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7418 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7424 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7425 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7427 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7430 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7431 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7438 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7440 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7442 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7456 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7460 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7461 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7462 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7463 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7464 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7466 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7470 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7472 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7473 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7477 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7479 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7480 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7481 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7483 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7484 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7492 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7497 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7500 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7501 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7502 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7503 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7508 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7510 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7513 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7514 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7515 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7517 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7518 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7519 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7524 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7525 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7526 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7527 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7528 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7529 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7530 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7531 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7532 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7543 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7544 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7545 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7546 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7549 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7553 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7557 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7560 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7561 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7562 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7563 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7564 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7565 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7566 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7570 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7572 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7576 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7579 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7580 if (h
->forced_local
)
7582 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7584 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7585 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7587 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7588 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7592 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7593 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7595 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7596 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7597 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7598 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7599 the upper limit of global entries. */
7604 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7605 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7607 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7612 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7613 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7614 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7615 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7616 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7618 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7619 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7622 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7623 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7624 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7627 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7629 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7630 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7632 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7638 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7644 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7645 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7648 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7649 unsigned char *tdata
;
7652 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7657 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7659 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7660 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7663 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7667 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7675 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7676 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7678 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7680 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7689 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7690 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7696 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7697 free (cookie
->rels
);
7703 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7705 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7711 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7714 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7717 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7720 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7724 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
7725 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7727 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7729 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7732 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7735 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7736 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
7740 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7741 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7743 struct mips_elf_find_line
7745 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7746 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7750 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7751 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7752 const char **filename_ptr
,
7753 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7754 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7758 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7759 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7763 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7764 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7765 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7766 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7769 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7773 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7774 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7775 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7777 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7778 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7779 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7780 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7781 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7782 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7784 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7787 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7790 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7791 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7793 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7796 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7800 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7802 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7806 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7807 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7808 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7809 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7811 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7814 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7815 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7816 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7817 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7818 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7819 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7820 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7824 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7825 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7826 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7827 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7828 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7829 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7832 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7833 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7836 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7840 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7843 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7845 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7846 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7850 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7851 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7852 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7855 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7856 const void *location
,
7857 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7859 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7863 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7865 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7866 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7867 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7870 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7873 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
7876 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7879 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7882 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7886 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7887 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7890 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7892 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7893 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7895 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7898 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7899 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7900 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7903 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7904 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7910 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7911 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7914 /* read in the section */
7915 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
7916 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
7919 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7923 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7926 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7931 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7934 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7935 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7936 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7937 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7938 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7942 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7943 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7950 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7951 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7952 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7955 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7956 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7958 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7960 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7961 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
7963 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7965 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
7974 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
7976 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7977 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7979 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7980 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7981 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
7982 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
7984 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7988 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7989 fall over on its own. */
7991 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
7992 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
7994 /* bypass special_function call */
7995 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
7996 input_section
, relocatable
,
7998 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8000 /* end mips specific stuff */
8002 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
8003 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8005 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8009 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8011 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8012 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8016 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8020 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8021 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8022 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8023 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8027 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8028 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8029 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8030 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8031 (*parent
)->address
)))
8034 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8035 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8036 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8037 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8038 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8041 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8050 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8051 free (reloc_vector
);
8055 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8056 free (reloc_vector
);
8060 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8062 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8063 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8065 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8066 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8068 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8072 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8073 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8080 /* We no longer use this. */
8081 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8082 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8084 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8085 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8086 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8088 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8090 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8093 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8094 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8095 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8098 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8102 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8103 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8104 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8105 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8106 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8108 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8109 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8110 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8116 static const char * const secname
[] =
8118 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8119 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8121 static const int sc
[] =
8123 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8124 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8127 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8128 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8129 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8131 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8135 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8136 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8138 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8139 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8140 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8141 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8142 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8150 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8151 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8152 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8153 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8157 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8160 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8161 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8162 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8163 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8165 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8166 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8167 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8168 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8172 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8173 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8174 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8175 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8176 better off including it then not. */
8177 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8178 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8180 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8182 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8183 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8184 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8185 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8186 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8187 --abfd
->section_count
;
8193 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8194 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8195 to be better off including it than not. */
8196 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8198 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8200 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8201 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8202 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8203 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8204 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8205 --abfd
->section_count
;
8212 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8213 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8215 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8217 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8218 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8219 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8220 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8221 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8222 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8224 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8226 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8227 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8229 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8232 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8233 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8237 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8238 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8239 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8243 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8247 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8248 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8249 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8251 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8253 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8255 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8256 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8257 the information together. */
8258 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8260 asection
*input_section
;
8262 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8265 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8267 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8272 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8273 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8275 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8276 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8279 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8281 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8282 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8283 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8284 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8285 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8287 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8288 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8289 finally written out. */
8291 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8292 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8293 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8296 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8297 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8299 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8300 matters, but someday it might). */
8301 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8306 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8308 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8311 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8312 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8313 the information together. */
8314 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8315 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8317 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8321 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8322 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8323 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8325 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8328 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8330 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8331 debug_info structure. */
8333 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8334 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8335 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8336 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8337 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8339 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8340 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8341 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8342 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8344 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8345 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8349 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8353 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8354 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8355 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8356 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8358 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8360 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8361 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8364 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8365 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
8368 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8369 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8374 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8376 asection
*input_section
;
8378 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8379 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8383 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8385 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8390 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8391 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8393 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8394 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8395 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8397 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8398 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8399 want to deal with it. */
8403 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8404 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8406 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
8408 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8409 read in the debugging information and set up an
8410 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8411 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8415 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8416 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8417 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8420 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8421 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8422 the linker global hash table and save the information
8423 for the output external symbols. */
8424 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8425 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8426 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8427 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8429 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8430 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8436 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8437 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8438 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8439 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8442 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8443 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8444 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8445 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8451 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8452 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8458 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8459 free (input_debug
.line
);
8460 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8461 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8462 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8463 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8464 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8465 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8466 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8467 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8468 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8469 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8471 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8472 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8473 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8476 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8478 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8479 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8480 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8482 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8483 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8485 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8486 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8487 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8488 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8492 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8498 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8501 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8503 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8504 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8505 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8509 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8510 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8512 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8513 matters, but someday it might). */
8514 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8519 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8521 const char *subname
;
8524 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8527 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8528 information describing how the small data area would
8529 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8530 not used in executables files. */
8531 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8533 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8535 asection
*input_section
;
8537 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8539 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8544 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8546 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8547 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8548 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8551 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8552 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8553 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8555 /* Really remove the section. */
8556 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8558 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8560 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8561 --abfd
->section_count
;
8566 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8567 uninitialized data. */
8568 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8570 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8574 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8575 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8576 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8577 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8581 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8582 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8583 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8584 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8585 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8586 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8587 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8589 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8590 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8592 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8593 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8594 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8597 /* Set up the first entry. */
8599 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8600 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8603 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8604 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8606 /* Combine the input sections. */
8607 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8609 asection
*input_section
;
8613 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8615 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8617 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8622 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8623 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8625 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8626 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8627 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8628 size
= input_section
->size
;
8630 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8632 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8634 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8635 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8641 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8642 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8643 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8649 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8651 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8652 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8655 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8657 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8658 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8660 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8666 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8669 /* We need a new table entry. */
8670 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8671 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8672 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8678 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8679 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8681 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8682 value, since that will be implied by this new
8685 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8687 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8689 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8690 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8694 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8695 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8700 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8703 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8704 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8705 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8708 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8710 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8712 /* Swap out the table. */
8713 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8714 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8715 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8721 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8722 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8725 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8726 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8728 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8729 matters, but someday it might). */
8730 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8734 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8735 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8738 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8740 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8742 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8744 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8745 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8749 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8751 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8752 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8754 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8757 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8760 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8762 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8763 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8764 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
8768 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8770 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8771 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8772 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
8776 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8778 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8779 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8781 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8782 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8783 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
8791 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8793 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8794 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8798 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8799 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8801 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8802 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8803 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8804 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8806 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8807 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8809 /* R10000 extensions. */
8810 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8812 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8813 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8814 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8815 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8816 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8817 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8818 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8820 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8821 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8822 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8823 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8824 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8826 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8827 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8828 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8830 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8831 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8832 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8833 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8834 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8835 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8836 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8837 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8839 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8840 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8842 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8843 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8844 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8846 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8847 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8848 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8852 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8855 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8859 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8860 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8861 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8863 return extension
== base
;
8867 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8870 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8872 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8873 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8874 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8875 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8876 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8877 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8878 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8882 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8883 object file when linking. */
8886 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8891 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8894 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8895 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8897 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8898 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8899 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8903 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8904 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8907 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8909 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8910 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8911 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8915 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8916 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8917 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8919 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8921 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8922 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8923 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8924 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8926 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8927 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8929 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8930 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8937 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8939 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8940 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8942 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8943 doesn't seem to matter. */
8944 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8945 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8947 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8948 just be able to ignore this. */
8949 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8950 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8952 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8955 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8956 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8957 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8958 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8960 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8961 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8962 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8963 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8965 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8966 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8967 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
8969 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
8978 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
8979 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
8981 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8982 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8983 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8987 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
8988 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8989 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
8990 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8992 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8993 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8995 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8996 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
8998 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8999 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9000 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9003 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9005 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9006 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9008 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9009 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9010 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9011 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9012 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9013 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9014 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9016 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9017 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9018 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9019 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9020 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9021 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9025 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9026 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9027 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9028 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9029 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9030 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9035 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9036 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9038 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9039 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9040 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9041 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9042 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9044 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9045 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9046 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9047 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9049 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9050 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9051 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9052 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9053 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9056 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9057 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9060 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9061 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9063 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9065 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9066 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9069 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9070 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9072 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9073 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9074 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9075 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9088 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9091 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9093 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9094 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9096 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9097 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9102 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9106 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9108 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9109 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9111 /* xgettext:c-format */
9112 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9114 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9115 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9116 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9117 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9118 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9119 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9120 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9121 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9122 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9123 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9124 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9125 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9126 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9127 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9129 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9131 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9132 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9133 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9134 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9135 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9136 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9137 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9138 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9139 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9140 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9141 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9142 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9143 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9144 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9145 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9146 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9147 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9148 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9150 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9152 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9153 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9155 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9156 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9158 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9159 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9161 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9168 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9170 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9171 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9172 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9173 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9174 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9175 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9176 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }